1-877-275-7048|Free delivery — 48 states|20-year warranty on 12ga
In Stock & Ready to Ship | Lead Time: 4–8 Weeks | RTO from $49/mo

RV Covers For Sale

Shop 35+ prefab steel carport sizes from $1,195. Regular, A-Frame & vertical roof styles in 12 or 14 gauge. Free delivery & professional installation on every tubular steel order across all 48 states.

$1,195
Starting Price
35+
Sizes In Stock
20yr
Warranty — 12ga
48
States Covered
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock

Filter Carports

Filters
Product Vehicles
Filter by State

Showing 1801–1840 of 2330 resultsSorted by price: low to high

Green metal building kit workshop with attached lean-to, tan trim, and covered truck parking

20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay | Steel and Stud, From $13,300

12

20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,150$13,300SAVE $1,850
or $277/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×45Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay, built for daily backyard use.

Our 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay fits 20-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Woodworkers and weekend mechanics who want a dedicated project.

You’re viewing:Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay·Size20×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,300$15,150Save $1,850
or as low as $277/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×45
20×45
this size
$13,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 900 sq ft enclosed
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Double Window
  • 12 GA Frame
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X45-HOBBY-GARAGE-PROBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

20 feet wide × 45 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Our 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay fits 20-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay20′ × 45′ · 900 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Woodworkers and weekend mechanics who want a dedicated project space, not just a parking spot, use the 20×45 to build a one-bay lift zone plus a 25-foot tool wall with table saw, drill press, and dust collection.

💡 Pro tip:Insulated Roof. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
900 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space900 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby garage and project car bay
Everyday hobby garage and project car bay
900 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby garage and project car bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby garage and project car bay + seasonal storage
hobby garage and project car bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay, what makes it different.

900sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$277/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $277/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×45?

900 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 45′ footprint with 900 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,200–$10,800 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,050+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×45

Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

20×45 detached garage with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →

🎯 20×45

RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes

20×45 rv cover for class c motorhomes configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes →

🏡 20×45

Two-Car Single-File Garage

20×45 two-car single-file garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Single-File Garage →

🏢 20×45

Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians

20×45 trade shop for plumbers and electricians configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians →

🌾 20×45

Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers

20×45 equipment shed for hobby farmers configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers →

🎯 20×45

Boat & Trailer Storage

20×45 boat & trailer storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →

🌾 20×45

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room →

🏢 20×45

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

20×45 storage building for self-storage operators configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators →

🏡 20×45

Man Cave or She Shed

20×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🏢 20×45

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage →

🏛️ 20×45

Fire Department Apparatus Bay

20×45 fire department apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Fire Department Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay cost?

A 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay from Steel and Stud starts at $13,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $277/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby garage and project car bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay?

Almost always for 900+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby garage and project car bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $277/month on a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×45 hobby garage and project car bay typically adds $7,200–$10,800 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green metal building kit workshop with attached lean-to, tan trim, and covered truck parking

20×45 Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Dark green steel barn at dusk with lit windows and a horse in the pasture

20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room | Steel and Stud, From $13,950

12

20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,900$13,950SAVE $1,950
or $291/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×45Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room, built for farm and ranch demands.

20×45 delivers 900 sq ft of rugged run-in horse shelter with tack room space. Vertical-roof panels shed rain cleanly off the back, and 14-gauge framing holds up to leaning livestock. Most buyers add a kickwall on the.

You’re viewing:Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room·Size20×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,950$15,900Save $1,950
or as low as $291/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×45
20×45
this size
$13,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 900 sq ft enclosed
  • Tack Room Wall
  • Kickwall
  • Vertical Roof
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X45-RUN-IN-HORSE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 45 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. 20×45 delivers 900 sq ft of rugged run-in horse shelter with tack room space.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 45′ · 900 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed. Vertical-roof panels shed rain cleanly off the back, and 14-gauge framing holds up to leaning livestock.

💡 Pro tip:Vertical Roof. Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
900 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room spec sheet.

Width20′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space900 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday run-in horse shelter with tack room
Everyday run-in horse shelter with tack room
900 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a run-in horse shelter with tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrun-in horse shelter with tack room + seasonal storage
run-in horse shelter with tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room, what makes it different.

900sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$291/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $291/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×45?

900 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 45′ footprint with 900 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,200–$10,800 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,050+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 20×45

Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

20×45 detached garage with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →

🎯 20×45

RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes

20×45 rv cover for class c motorhomes configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes →

🏡 20×45

Two-Car Single-File Garage

20×45 two-car single-file garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Single-File Garage →

🏢 20×45

Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians

20×45 trade shop for plumbers and electricians configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians →

🌾 20×45

Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers

20×45 equipment shed for hobby farmers configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers →

🎯 20×45

Boat & Trailer Storage

20×45 boat & trailer storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →

🏡 20×45

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

20×45 hobby garage and project car bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay →

🏢 20×45

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

20×45 storage building for self-storage operators configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators →

🏡 20×45

Man Cave or She Shed

20×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🏢 20×45

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage →

🏛️ 20×45

Fire Department Apparatus Bay

20×45 fire department apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Fire Department Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room cost?

A 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $13,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $291/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud run-in horse shelter with tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room?

Almost always for 900+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud run-in horse shelter with tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $291/month on a 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room.

What warranty comes with the 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Dark green steel barn at dusk with lit windows and a horse in the pasture

20×45 Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Metal building interior self storage corridor with orange roll-up doors and bright lights

20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators | Steel and Stud, From $15,150

12

20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,250$15,150SAVE $2,100
or $316/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×45Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators, engineered for code-compliant business use.

20×45 delivers 900 sq ft of code-compliant storage building for self-storage operators space. The pre-engineered framing means stamped drawings ship with the kit, which speeds county permitting. Concrete wedge anchors.

You’re viewing:Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators·Size20×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,150$17,250Save $2,100
or as low as $316/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×45
20×45
this size
$15,150
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 900 sq ft enclosed
  • Interior Partitions
  • Concrete Anchor
  • IBC Compliant
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X45-STORAGE-BUILDINGBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your self-storage layout.

20 feet wide × 45 feet long. 20×45 delivers 900 sq ft of code-compliant storage building for self-storage operators space.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Unit row AUnit row BHallway / Office20′ × 45′ · 900 sq ft · self-storage layout

Unit row A · Unit row B · Hallway / Office

Unit row A at the front, unit row b in the middle, hallway / office at the rear. The pre-engineered framing means stamped drawings ship with the kit, which speeds county permitting.

💡 Pro tip:IBC Compliant.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
900 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators spec sheet.

Width20′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space900 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators.

DAILY USEEveryday storage building for self-storage operators
Everyday storage building for self-storage operators
900 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a storage building for self-storage operators.
STORAGE OVERFLOWstorage building for self-storage operators + seasonal storage
storage building for self-storage operators + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators, what makes it different.

900sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$316/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $316/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×45?

900 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 45′ footprint with 900 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,200–$10,800 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,050+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators also viewed:

🏡 20×45

Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

20×45 detached garage with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →

🎯 20×45

RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes

20×45 rv cover for class c motorhomes configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes →

🏡 20×45

Two-Car Single-File Garage

20×45 two-car single-file garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Single-File Garage →

🏢 20×45

Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians

20×45 trade shop for plumbers and electricians configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians →

🌾 20×45

Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers

20×45 equipment shed for hobby farmers configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers →

🎯 20×45

Boat & Trailer Storage

20×45 boat & trailer storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →

🏡 20×45

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

20×45 hobby garage and project car bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay →

🌾 20×45

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room →

🏡 20×45

Man Cave or She Shed

20×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🏢 20×45

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage →

🏛️ 20×45

Fire Department Apparatus Bay

20×45 fire department apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Fire Department Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators questions, answered.

How much does a 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators cost?

A 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators from Steel and Stud starts at $15,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $316/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud storage building for self-storage operators ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators?

Almost always for 900+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud storage building for self-storage operators different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $316/month on a 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators.

What warranty comes with the 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×45 storage building for self-storage operators meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Metal building interior self storage corridor with orange roll-up doors and bright lights

20×45 Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red steel garage with white roll-up door and pickup truck parked outside

20×45 Man Cave or She Shed

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×45 Man Cave or She Shed | Steel and Stud, From $13,300

12

20×45 Man Cave or She Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,150$13,300SAVE $1,850
or $277/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×45Man Cave or She Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×45 Man Cave or She Shed, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×45 man cave or she shed packs 900 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. At 900 square feet, the 20×45 fits a full bar, a pool table, lounge seating, and a TV wall.

You’re viewing:Man Cave or She Shed·Size20×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,300$15,150Save $1,850
or as low as $277/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×45
20×36
smaller
$10,650
20×45
this size
$13,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 900 sq ft enclosed
  • French Doors
  • Storefront Window
  • Wainscot
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X45-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 45 feet long. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×45 man cave or she shed packs 900 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 45′ · 900 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. At 900 square feet, the 20×45 fits a full bar, a pool table, lounge seating, and a TV wall with room left over for a half bath.

💡 Pro tip:Wainscot.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×45 Man Cave or She Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave or She Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
900 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave or She Shed spec sheet.

Width20′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space900 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave or She Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave or she shed
Everyday man cave or she shed
900 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave or she shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave or she shed + seasonal storage
man cave or she shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×45 Man Cave or She Shed, what makes it different.

900sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$277/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×45 man cave or she shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $277/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×45?

900 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 45′ footprint with 900 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,200–$10,800 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave or She Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×45 Man Cave or She Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×45 Man Cave or She Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave or She Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,050+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave or She Shed also viewed:

🏡 20×45

Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

20×45 detached garage with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →

🎯 20×45

RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes

20×45 rv cover for class c motorhomes configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes →

🏡 20×45

Two-Car Single-File Garage

20×45 two-car single-file garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Single-File Garage →

🏢 20×45

Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians

20×45 trade shop for plumbers and electricians configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians →

🌾 20×45

Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers

20×45 equipment shed for hobby farmers configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers →

🎯 20×45

Boat & Trailer Storage

20×45 boat & trailer storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →

🏡 20×45

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

20×45 hobby garage and project car bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay →

🌾 20×45

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room →

🏢 20×45

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

20×45 storage building for self-storage operators configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators →

🏢 20×45

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage →

🏛️ 20×45

Fire Department Apparatus Bay

20×45 fire department apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Fire Department Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave or She Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 20×45 man cave or she shed cost?

A 20×45 man cave or she shed from Steel and Stud starts at $13,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $277/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×45 man cave or she shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud man cave or she shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×45 man cave or she shed?

Almost always for 900+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave or she shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×45 man cave or she shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×45 man cave or she shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×45 man cave or she shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $277/month on a 20×45 man cave or she shed.

What warranty comes with the 20×45 man cave or she shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×45 man cave or she shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×45 man cave or she shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×45 man cave or she shed typically adds $7,200–$10,800 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave or She Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red steel garage with white roll-up door and pickup truck parked outside

20×45 Man Cave or She Shed

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Inside a metal building showing galvanized steel framing, gray wall panels, and concrete floor

20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage | Steel and Stud, From $15,150

12

20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,250$15,150SAVE $2,100
or $316/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×45Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage, engineered for code-compliant business use.

20×45 delivers 900 sq ft of code-compliant food truck and mobile vendor garage space. Food truck operators park a 22-foot truck plus a prep trailer or commissary cart inside an 20×45 with 14-foot legs. Tall doors clear.

You’re viewing:Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage·Size20×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,150$17,250Save $2,100
or as low as $316/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×45
20×45
this size
$15,150
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 900 sq ft enclosed
  • 14′ Legs
  • 12×12 Roll-Up
  • Tall Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X45-FOOD-TRUCK-MOBILBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

20 feet wide × 45 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. 20×45 delivers 900 sq ft of code-compliant food truck and mobile vendor garage space.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay20′ × 45′ · 900 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Food truck operators park a 22-foot truck plus a prep trailer or commissary cart inside an 20×45 with 14-foot legs.

💡 Pro tip:Tall Door. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
900 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space900 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday food truck and mobile vendor garage
Everyday food truck and mobile vendor garage
900 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a food truck and mobile vendor garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfood truck and mobile vendor garage + seasonal storage
food truck and mobile vendor garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage, what makes it different.

900sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$316/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $316/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×45?

900 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 45′ footprint with 900 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,200–$10,800 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,050+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage also viewed:

🏡 20×45

Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

20×45 detached garage with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →

🎯 20×45

RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes

20×45 rv cover for class c motorhomes configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes →

🏡 20×45

Two-Car Single-File Garage

20×45 two-car single-file garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Single-File Garage →

🏢 20×45

Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians

20×45 trade shop for plumbers and electricians configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians →

🌾 20×45

Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers

20×45 equipment shed for hobby farmers configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers →

🎯 20×45

Boat & Trailer Storage

20×45 boat & trailer storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →

🏡 20×45

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

20×45 hobby garage and project car bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay →

🌾 20×45

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room →

🏢 20×45

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

20×45 storage building for self-storage operators configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators →

🏡 20×45

Man Cave or She Shed

20×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🏛️ 20×45

Fire Department Apparatus Bay

20×45 fire department apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Fire Department Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage cost?

A 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage from Steel and Stud starts at $15,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $316/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud food truck and mobile vendor garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage?

Almost always for 900+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud food truck and mobile vendor garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $316/month on a 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage.

What warranty comes with the 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Inside a metal building showing galvanized steel framing, gray wall panels, and concrete floor

20×45 Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Metal garage interior with galvanized steel panels and roll-up door open to the lawn

20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay | Steel and Stud, From $15,250

12

20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,400$15,250SAVE $2,150
or $318/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×45Fire Department Apparatus Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay, engineered to code for assembly use.

Our 20×45 fire department apparatus bay fits 20-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Volunteer fire departments and rural EMS use the 20×45 as an auxiliary.

You’re viewing:Fire Department Apparatus Bay·Size20×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,250$17,400Save $2,150
or as low as $318/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×45
20×45
this size
$15,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 900 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • IBC Certified
  • Stamped Plans
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X45-FIRE-DEPARTMENT-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your fire department apparatus bay layout.

20 feet wide × 45 feet long. Our 20×45 fire department apparatus bay fits 20-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes.

Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑20′ × 45′ · 900 sq ft · fire department apparatus bay layout

Fire Department Apparatus Bay layout.

Our 20×45 fire department apparatus bay fits 20-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Volunteer fire departments and rural EMS use the 20×45 as an auxiliary apparatus bay for a brush truck or tanker. Tall 12-14 foot legs clear light bars. Stamped engineered drawings, IBC certification, and a 12-gauge frame meet most municipal procurement specs without a custom redesign.

💡 Pro tip:Stamped Plans.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Fire Department Apparatus Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
900 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fire Department Apparatus Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space900 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Fire Department Apparatus Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday fire department apparatus bay
Everyday fire department apparatus bay
900 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a fire department apparatus bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfire department apparatus bay + seasonal storage
fire department apparatus bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay, what makes it different.

900sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$318/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×45 fire department apparatus bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $318/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×45?

900 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 45′ footprint with 900 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,200–$10,800 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Fire Department Apparatus Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Fire Department Apparatus Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,050+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Fire Department Apparatus Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×45

Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

20×45 detached garage with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →

🎯 20×45

RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes

20×45 rv cover for class c motorhomes configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover for Class C Motorhomes →

🏡 20×45

Two-Car Single-File Garage

20×45 two-car single-file garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Single-File Garage →

🏢 20×45

Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians

20×45 trade shop for plumbers and electricians configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Trade Shop for Plumbers and Electricians →

🌾 20×45

Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers

20×45 equipment shed for hobby farmers configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equipment Shed for Hobby Farmers →

🎯 20×45

Boat & Trailer Storage

20×45 boat & trailer storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →

🏡 20×45

Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay

20×45 hobby garage and project car bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Garage and Project Car Bay →

🌾 20×45

Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room

20×45 run-in horse shelter with tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Run-In Horse Shelter with Tack Room →

🏢 20×45

Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators

20×45 storage building for self-storage operators configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building for Self-Storage Operators →

🏡 20×45

Man Cave or She Shed

20×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🏢 20×45

Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage

20×45 food truck and mobile vendor garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Food Truck and Mobile Vendor Garage →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Fire Department Apparatus Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×45 fire department apparatus bay cost?

A 20×45 fire department apparatus bay from Steel and Stud starts at $15,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $318/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×45 fire department apparatus bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud fire department apparatus bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×45 fire department apparatus bay?

Almost always for 900+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud fire department apparatus bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×45 fire department apparatus bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×45 fire department apparatus bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×45 fire department apparatus bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $318/month on a 20×45 fire department apparatus bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×45 fire department apparatus bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×45 fire department apparatus bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×45 fire department apparatus bay pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Fire Department Apparatus Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Metal garage interior with galvanized steel panels and roll-up door open to the lawn

20×45 Fire Department Apparatus Bay

900 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×45 steel building delivers 900 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Blue metal workshop with black roll-up door and concrete apron under a vivid sunset

20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop | Steel and Stud, From $13,600

12

20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,500$13,600SAVE $1,900
or $283/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Two F-150s park nose-in with a roll-up door per bay, then the rear holds a.

You’re viewing:Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,600$15,500Save $1,900
or as low as $283/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$13,600
20×48
longer
$14,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Vertical Roof
  • Two 9×8 Roll-Ups
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-TWO-CAR-GARAGE-PBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Looking for a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Two F-150s park nose-in with a roll-up door per bay, then the rear holds a tablesaw, drill press, and rolling toolbox.

💡 Pro tip:Free Install Included. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday two-car garage plus workshop
Everyday two-car garage plus workshop
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two-car garage plus workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo-car garage plus workshop + seasonal storage
two-car garage plus workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$283/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $283/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop also viewed:

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop cost?

A 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $13,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $283/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud two-car garage plus workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two-car garage plus workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $283/month on a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×46 two-car garage plus workshop typically adds $7,360–$11,040 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Blue metal workshop with black roll-up door and concrete apron under a vivid sunset

20×46 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red steel carport sheltering a luxury motorhome beside an enclosed storage room

20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit | Steel and Stud, From $13,600

12

20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,500$13,600SAVE $1,900
or $283/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Enclosed RV Garage Kit

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit, built for hobby and recreational use.

20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of hobby-ready enclosed rv garage kit space. RV owners pick the 20×46 because a 40-foot Class A fits with 8 feet of bonus storage behind it. A 20×46 roll-up clears most fifth-wheels and toy.

You’re viewing:Enclosed RV Garage Kit·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,600$15,500Save $1,900
or as low as $283/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$13,600
20×48
longer
$14,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame Upgrade
  • 14×14 Roll-Up
  • Vertical Roof
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-ENCLOSED-RV-GARABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. 20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of hobby-ready enclosed rv garage kit space.

RV bayDaily driverHookup / pre-wire20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 42ft + 1 daily driver. RV owners pick the 20×46 because a 40-foot Class A fits with 8 feet of bonus storage behind it.

💡 Pro tip:Hurricane-Rated Available. Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Enclosed RV Garage Kit.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Enclosed RV Garage Kit spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Enclosed RV Garage Kit.

DAILY USEEveryday enclosed rv garage kit
Everyday enclosed rv garage kit
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a enclosed rv garage kit.
STORAGE OVERFLOWenclosed rv garage kit + seasonal storage
enclosed rv garage kit + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$283/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $283/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Enclosed RV Garage Kit shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Enclosed RV Garage Kit · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Enclosed RV Garage Kit also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Enclosed RV Garage Kit questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit cost?

A 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit from Steel and Stud starts at $13,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $283/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud enclosed rv garage kit ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud enclosed rv garage kit different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $283/month on a 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×46 enclosed rv garage kit for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a enclosed rv garage kit to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Enclosed RV Garage Kit quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red steel carport sheltering a luxury motorhome beside an enclosed storage room

20×46 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Navy commercial metal building office with glass storefront entry, stone wainscot, and parking lot

20×46 Contractor Shop and Office

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Contractor Shop and Office | Steel and Stud, From $15,450

12

20×46 Contractor Shop and Office
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,600$15,450SAVE $2,150
or $322/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Contractor Shop and Office

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Contractor Shop and Office, engineered for code-compliant business use.

20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of code-compliant contractor shop and office space. Tradespeople, electricians, plumbers, HVAC techs, split the 48-foot length into a 32-foot truck bay and a 16-foot office with restroom. Two.

You’re viewing:Contractor Shop and Office·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,450$17,600Save $2,150
or as low as $322/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$15,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-CONTRACTOR-SHOP-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your contractor-storage layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. 20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of code-compliant contractor shop and office space.

Inventory racksLOADING BAYOffice / Desk20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · contractor-storage layout

Inventory racks · Loading bay · Office / Desk

Inventory racks at the front, loading bay in the middle, office / desk at the rear. Tradespeople, electricians, plumbers, HVAC techs, split the 48-foot length into a 32-foot truck bay and a 16-foot office with restroom.

💡 Pro tip:Stamped Drawings.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Contractor Shop and Office in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Shop and Office.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Shop and Office spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Shop and Office.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor shop and office
Everyday contractor shop and office
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor shop and office.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor shop and office + seasonal storage
contractor shop and office + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Contractor Shop and Office, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$322/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 contractor shop and office is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $322/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Shop and Office shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Contractor Shop and Office buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Contractor Shop and Office

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Contractor Shop and Office · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Shop and Office also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Shop and Office questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 contractor shop and office cost?

A 20×46 contractor shop and office from Steel and Stud starts at $15,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $322/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 contractor shop and office price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud contractor shop and office ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 contractor shop and office?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor shop and office different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 contractor shop and office need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 contractor shop and office delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 contractor shop and office without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $322/month on a 20×46 contractor shop and office.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 contractor shop and office?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 contractor shop and office in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×46 contractor shop and office meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Shop and Office quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Navy commercial metal building office with glass storefront entry, stone wainscot, and parking lot

20×46 Contractor Shop and Office

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Open equipment shed steel structure sheltering a green tractor, baler, and red plow

20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud, From $14,250

12

20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,250$14,250SAVE $2,000
or $297/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Hobby farmers shelter a compact tractor, a hay wagon, a UTV, and three months of hay bales.

You’re viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Barn·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,250$16,250Save $2,000
or as low as $297/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$14,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Open Front Option
  • 30 PSF Snow
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Looking for a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. Hobby farmers shelter a compact tractor, a hay wagon, a UTV, and three months of hay bales under one roof.

💡 Pro tip:Lean-To Ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment barn
Everyday hobby farm equipment barn
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$297/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $297/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn cost?

A 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $14,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $297/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $297/month on a 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×46 hobby farm equipment barn stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Open equipment shed steel structure sheltering a green tractor, baler, and red plow

20×46 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Jet ski on a trailer outside a dark green prefab metal building at dusk

20×46 Boat and Toy Storage

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Boat and Toy Storage | Steel and Stud, From $13,600

12

20×46 Boat and Toy Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,500$13,600SAVE $1,900
or $283/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Boat and Toy Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Boat and Toy Storage, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 20×46 boat and toy storage fits 20-foot widths and 46-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. A 24-foot bass boat on a trailer takes 30 feet bumper-to-bumper, leaving 18.

You’re viewing:Boat and Toy Storage·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,600$15,500Save $1,900
or as low as $283/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$13,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • Galvalume Roof
  • 10×10 Roll-Up
  • 29 GA Panels
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-BOAT-TOY-STORAGEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Our 20×46 boat and toy storage fits 20-foot widths and 46-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

BOAT + TRAILERDaily driverOutboard / rinse20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer · Daily driver · Outboard / rinse

Boat + trailer at the front, daily driver in the middle, outboard / rinse at the rear. A 24-foot bass boat on a trailer takes 30 feet bumper-to-bumper, leaving 18 feet for jet skis, kayaks, and a workbench.

💡 Pro tip:Coastal-Rated.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Boat and Toy Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat and Toy Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat and Toy Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat and Toy Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday boat and toy storage
Everyday boat and toy storage
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat and toy storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat and toy storage + seasonal storage
boat and toy storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Boat and Toy Storage, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$283/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 boat and toy storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $283/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat and Toy Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Boat and Toy Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Boat and Toy Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Boat and Toy Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat and Toy Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat and Toy Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 boat and toy storage cost?

A 20×46 boat and toy storage from Steel and Stud starts at $13,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $283/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 boat and toy storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud boat and toy storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 boat and toy storage?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat and toy storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 boat and toy storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 boat and toy storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 boat and toy storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $283/month on a 20×46 boat and toy storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 boat and toy storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 boat and toy storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×46 boat and toy storage for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a boat and toy storage to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Boat and Toy Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Jet ski on a trailer outside a dark green prefab metal building at dusk

20×46 Boat and Toy Storage

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green metal garage with double black roll-up doors and black trim among tall pines

20×46 Detached Garage With Loft

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Detached Garage With Loft | Steel and Stud, From $13,600

12

20×46 Detached Garage With Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,500$13,600SAVE $1,900
or $283/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Detached Garage With Loft

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Detached Garage With Loft, built for daily backyard use.

Our 20×46 detached garage with loft fits 20-foot widths and 46-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Add a 20×46 mezzanine over the back third for a 920 sq ft loft, guest.

You’re viewing:Detached Garage With Loft·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,600$15,500Save $1,900
or as low as $283/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$13,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Mezzanine Loft
  • R-19 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-DETACHED-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Our 20×46 detached garage with loft fits 20-foot widths and 46-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Add a 20×46 mezzanine over the back third for a 920 sq ft loft, guest space, home office, or seasonal storage.

💡 Pro tip:Engineered for Loads. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Detached Garage With Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Garage With Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Garage With Loft spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Garage With Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday detached garage with loft
Everyday detached garage with loft
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached garage with loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached garage with loft + seasonal storage
detached garage with loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Detached Garage With Loft, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$283/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 detached garage with loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $283/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Garage With Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Detached Garage With Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Detached Garage With Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Detached Garage With Loft · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Garage With Loft also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Garage With Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 detached garage with loft cost?

A 20×46 detached garage with loft from Steel and Stud starts at $13,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $283/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 detached garage with loft price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud detached garage with loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 detached garage with loft?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached garage with loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 detached garage with loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 detached garage with loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 detached garage with loft without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $283/month on a 20×46 detached garage with loft.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 detached garage with loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 detached garage with loft in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×46 detached garage with loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×46 detached garage with loft typically adds $7,360–$11,040 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Garage With Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green metal garage with double black roll-up doors and black trim among tall pines

20×46 Detached Garage With Loft

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Silver white metal building with brown trim, sedan parked in the open detailing bay

20×46 Auto Repair Shop

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Auto Repair Shop | Steel and Stud, From $15,450

12

20×46 Auto Repair Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,600$15,450SAVE $2,150
or $322/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Auto Repair Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Auto Repair Shop, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Our 20×46 auto repair shop fits 20-foot widths and 46-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks. Independent mechanics fit two service bays with a 9-foot two-post lift in each, plus a parts.

You’re viewing:Auto Repair Shop·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,450$17,600Save $2,150
or as low as $322/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$15,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 14′ Eave Height
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Two 10×10 Doors
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your service-bay layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Our 20×46 auto repair shop fits 20-foot widths and 46-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks.

Lift bay 1LIFT BAY 2Parts / tools20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · service-bay layout

Lift bay 1 · Lift bay 2 · Parts / tools

Lift bay 1 at the front, lift bay 2 in the middle, parts / tools at the rear. Independent mechanics fit two service bays with a 9-foot two-post lift in each, plus a parts room and customer entry up front.

💡 Pro tip:Permit-Ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Auto Repair Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop
Everyday auto repair shop
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop + seasonal storage
auto repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Auto Repair Shop, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$322/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 auto repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $322/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Auto Repair Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Auto Repair Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 auto repair shop cost?

A 20×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $15,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $322/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 auto repair shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud auto repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 auto repair shop?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 auto repair shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 auto repair shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 auto repair shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $322/month on a 20×46 auto repair shop.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 auto repair shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 auto repair shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×46 auto repair shop meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Silver white metal building with brown trim, sedan parked in the open detailing bay

20×46 Auto Repair Shop

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel barn with white trim, cupola, and dutch door stall, paint horse grazing nearby

20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room | Steel and Stud, From $14,250

12

20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,250$14,250SAVE $2,000
or $297/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Horse Run-In and Tack Room

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Two 16-foot run-in stalls with an open front, plus a 16-foot enclosed tack and feed room at.

You’re viewing:Horse Run-In and Tack Room·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,250$16,250Save $2,000
or as low as $297/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$14,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • Wainscoting
  • Sliding Barn Doors
  • Open Front
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-HORSE-RUN-IN-TACBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Looking for a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed. Two 16-foot run-in stalls with an open front, plus a 16-foot enclosed tack and feed room at the end.

💡 Pro tip:Ag-Zone Friendly. Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Run-In and Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Run-In and Tack Room spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Run-In and Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse run-in and tack room
Everyday horse run-in and tack room
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse run-in and tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse run-in and tack room + seasonal storage
horse run-in and tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$297/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 horse run-in and tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $297/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Run-In and Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Run-In and Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Run-In and Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Run-In and Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room cost?

A 20×46 horse run-in and tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $14,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $297/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 horse run-in and tack room price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud horse run-in and tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse run-in and tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $297/month on a 20×46 horse run-in and tack room.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 horse run-in and tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 horse run-in and tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×46 horse run-in and tack room stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Run-In and Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel barn with white trim, cupola, and dutch door stall, paint horse grazing nearby

20×46 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red metal barn with black crossbuck doors and long covered porch facing sunset mountains

20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave | Steel and Stud, From $13,600

12

20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,500$13,600SAVE $1,900
or $283/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave, built for daily backyard use.

20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of everyday backyard workshop and man cave space. Split the 48-foot length 50/50, a 24-foot insulated workshop with welding outlets and a 24-foot finished man cave with a TV wall and beer.

You’re viewing:Backyard Workshop and Man Cave·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,600$15,500Save $1,900
or as low as $283/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$13,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Partition Wall
  • Two Walk-Ins
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-BACKYARD-WORKSHOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. 20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of everyday backyard workshop and man cave space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Split the 48-foot length 50/50, a 24-foot insulated workshop with welding outlets and a 24-foot finished man cave with a TV wall and beer fridge.

💡 Pro tip:Free 3D Design. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Backyard Workshop and Man Cave.

DAILY USEEveryday backyard workshop and man cave
Everyday backyard workshop and man cave
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a backyard workshop and man cave.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbackyard workshop and man cave + seasonal storage
backyard workshop and man cave + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$283/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $283/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Backyard Workshop and Man Cave shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Backyard Workshop and Man Cave also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave cost?

A 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave from Steel and Stud starts at $13,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $283/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud backyard workshop and man cave ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud backyard workshop and man cave different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $283/month on a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×46 backyard workshop and man cave typically adds $7,360–$11,040 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red metal barn with black crossbuck doors and long covered porch facing sunset mountains

20×46 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel building fabrication shop at sunset with welding glow inside and steel tubing stacked outside

20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud, From $15,850

12

20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,050$15,850SAVE $2,200
or $330/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Welding and Fabrication Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

Looking for a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits fabrication, heavy machinery, or warehousing. Welders and fabricators need ventilation, clear-span framing, and a wide overhead door.

You’re viewing:Welding and Fabrication Shop·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,850$18,050Save $2,200
or as low as $330/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$15,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Clear-Span
  • 12×12 Roll-Up
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-WELDING-FABRICATBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Looking for a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop? At 920 sq ft, this footprint suits fabrication, heavy machinery, or warehousing.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Welders and fabricators need ventilation, clear-span framing, and a wide overhead door for moving stock.

💡 Pro tip:Crane-Ready Framing. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Welding and Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Welding and Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Welding and Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday welding and fabrication shop
Everyday welding and fabrication shop
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a welding and fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwelding and fabrication shop + seasonal storage
welding and fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$330/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 welding and fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $330/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Welding and Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Welding and Fabrication Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Welding and Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Welding and Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop cost?

A 20×46 welding and fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $15,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $330/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 welding and fabrication shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud welding and fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud welding and fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $330/month on a 20×46 welding and fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 welding and fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 welding and fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×46 welding and fabrication shop handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 20×46 welding and fabrication shop ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Welding and Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel building fabrication shop at sunset with welding glow inside and steel tubing stacked outside

20×46 Welding and Fabrication Shop

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel building garden studio at golden hour with french doors, window box, and wooden bench

20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio | Steel and Stud, From $13,600

12

20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,500$13,600SAVE $1,900
or $283/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46She Shed and Hobby Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×46 she shed and hobby studio packs 920 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with three.

You’re viewing:She Shed and Hobby Studio·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,600$15,500Save $1,900
or as low as $283/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$13,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • Storefront Windows
  • Wainscoting
  • R-13 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-SHE-SHED-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×46 she shed and hobby studio packs 920 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with three storefront windows for natural light.

💡 Pro tip:17 Color Options.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your She Shed and Hobby Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

She Shed and Hobby Studio spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use She Shed and Hobby Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday she shed and hobby studio
Everyday she shed and hobby studio
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a she shed and hobby studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWshe shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
she shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$283/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 she shed and hobby studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $283/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from She Shed and Hobby Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your She Shed and Hobby Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose She Shed and Hobby Studio also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🏛️ 20×46

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

She Shed and Hobby Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 she shed and hobby studio cost?

A 20×46 she shed and hobby studio from Steel and Stud starts at $13,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $283/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 she shed and hobby studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 she shed and hobby studio?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 she shed and hobby studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 she shed and hobby studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 she shed and hobby studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $283/month on a 20×46 she shed and hobby studio.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 she shed and hobby studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 she shed and hobby studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×46 she shed and hobby studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a she shed and hobby studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your She Shed and Hobby Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel building garden studio at golden hour with french doors, window box, and wooden bench

20×46 She Shed and Hobby Studio

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green steel structure with open front bays used as a loafing shelter near mountain foothills

20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay | Steel and Stud, From $15,550

12

20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,750$15,550SAVE $2,200
or $324/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×46Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, engineered to code for assembly use.

20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire or community equipment bay space. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 20×46 for a single brush-truck bay plus a meeting and gear room. The 16-foot eave clears.

You’re viewing:Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay·Size20×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,550$17,750Save $2,200
or as low as $324/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×46
20×46
this size
$15,550
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 920 sq ft enclosed
  • IBC Certified
  • 16′ Eave
  • Stamped Drawings
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X46-VOLUNTEER-FIRE-CBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout.

20 feet wide × 46 feet long. 20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire or community equipment bay space.

TruckTrailer20′ × 46′ · 920 sq ft · volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay layout.

20×46 delivers 920 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire or community equipment bay space. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 20×46 for a single brush-truck bay plus a meeting and gear room. The 16-foot eave clears most Type 6 engines with light bars. IBC-certified stamped drawings come standard, and ASCE 7-22 wind load engineering meets county requirements. Steel and Stud handles the permit packet.

💡 Pro tip:Permit Packet Included.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
920 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length46′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space920 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
Everyday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
920 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a volunteer fire or community equipment bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWvolunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
volunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, what makes it different.

920sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$324/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $324/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×46?

920 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 46′ footprint with 920 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,360–$11,040 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,140+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×46

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×46 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×46

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×46 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×46

Contractor Shop and Office

20×46 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×46

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×46 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×46

Boat and Toy Storage

20×46 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×46

Detached Garage With Loft

20×46 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×46

Auto Repair Shop

20×46 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×46

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×46 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×46

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×46 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×46

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×46 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×46

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×46 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay cost?

A 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay from Steel and Stud starts at $15,550 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $324/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Almost always for 920+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $324/month on a 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×46 volunteer fire or community equipment bay pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green steel structure with open front bays used as a loafing shelter near mountain foothills

20×46 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

920 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

20′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×46 steel building delivers 920 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Burnt orange metal workshop with brown roll-up door and gravel yard below scenic hills

20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of everyday two-car garage plus workshop space. Homeowners pair a 20-foot two-bay garage section with a 28-foot workshop run at the back. Two F-150s park nose-in with a roll-up door per bay.

You’re viewing:Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×48
smaller
$14,200
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Vertical Roof
  • Two 9×8 Roll-Ups
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-TWO-CAR-GARAGE-PBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. 20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of everyday two-car garage plus workshop space.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Homeowners pair a 20-foot two-bay garage section with a 28-foot workshop run at the back.

💡 Pro tip:Free Install Included. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday two-car garage plus workshop
Everyday two-car garage plus workshop
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two-car garage plus workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo-car garage plus workshop + seasonal storage
two-car garage plus workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop also viewed:

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop cost?

A 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud two-car garage plus workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two-car garage plus workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×50 two-car garage plus workshop typically adds $8,000–$12,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Burnt orange metal workshop with brown roll-up door and gravel yard below scenic hills

20×50 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan metal barn with black sliding doors, twin cupolas, and weathervanes on a mountain ranch

20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Enclosed RV Garage Kit

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. RV owners pick the 20×50 because a 40-foot Class A fits with 8 feet of bonus storage.

You’re viewing:Enclosed RV Garage Kit·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×48
smaller
$14,200
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame Upgrade
  • 14×14 Roll-Up
  • Vertical Roof
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-ENCLOSED-RV-GARABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

RV bayDaily driverHookup / pre-wire20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 45ft + 1 daily driver. RV owners pick the 20×50 because a 40-foot Class A fits with 8 feet of bonus storage behind it.

💡 Pro tip:Hurricane-Rated Available. Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Enclosed RV Garage Kit.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Enclosed RV Garage Kit spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Enclosed RV Garage Kit.

DAILY USEEveryday enclosed rv garage kit
Everyday enclosed rv garage kit
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a enclosed rv garage kit.
STORAGE OVERFLOWenclosed rv garage kit + seasonal storage
enclosed rv garage kit + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Enclosed RV Garage Kit shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Enclosed RV Garage Kit · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Enclosed RV Garage Kit also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Enclosed RV Garage Kit questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit cost?

A 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud enclosed rv garage kit ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud enclosed rv garage kit different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×50 enclosed rv garage kit for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a enclosed rv garage kit to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Enclosed RV Garage Kit quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan metal barn with black sliding doors, twin cupolas, and weathervanes on a mountain ranch

20×50 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel building garden studio at golden hour with french doors, window box, and wooden bench

20×50 Contractor Shop and Office

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Contractor Shop and Office | Steel and Stud, From $15,550

12

20×50 Contractor Shop and Office
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,750$15,550SAVE $2,200
or $324/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Contractor Shop and Office

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Contractor Shop and Office, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 20×50 contractor shop and office packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Tradespeople, electricians, plumbers, HVAC techs, split the 48-foot.

You’re viewing:Contractor Shop and Office·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,550$17,750Save $2,200
or as low as $324/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$15,550
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-CONTRACTOR-SHOP-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your contractor-storage layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 20×50 contractor shop and office packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Inventory racksLOADING BAYOffice / Desk20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · contractor-storage layout

Inventory racks · Loading bay · Office / Desk

Inventory racks at the front, loading bay in the middle, office / desk at the rear. Tradespeople, electricians, plumbers, HVAC techs, split the 48-foot length into a 32-foot truck bay and a 16-foot office with restroom.

💡 Pro tip:Stamped Drawings.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Contractor Shop and Office in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Shop and Office.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Shop and Office spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Shop and Office.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor shop and office
Everyday contractor shop and office
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor shop and office.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor shop and office + seasonal storage
contractor shop and office + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Contractor Shop and Office, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$324/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 contractor shop and office is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $324/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Shop and Office shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Contractor Shop and Office buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Contractor Shop and Office

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Contractor Shop and Office · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Shop and Office also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Shop and Office questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 contractor shop and office cost?

A 20×50 contractor shop and office from Steel and Stud starts at $15,550 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $324/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 contractor shop and office price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud contractor shop and office ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 contractor shop and office?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor shop and office different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 contractor shop and office need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 contractor shop and office delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 contractor shop and office without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $324/month on a 20×50 contractor shop and office.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 contractor shop and office?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 contractor shop and office in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×50 contractor shop and office meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Shop and Office quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel building garden studio at golden hour with french doors, window box, and wooden bench

20×50 Contractor Shop and Office

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red steel barn with white sliding doors and round hay bales stacked beside it

20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud, From $14,350

12

20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,350$14,350SAVE $2,000
or $299/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, built for farm and ranch demands.

20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of rugged hobby farm equipment barn space. Hobby farmers shelter a compact tractor, a hay wagon, a UTV, and three months of hay bales under one roof. The 14-foot eave clears a tractor with a.

You’re viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Barn·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,350$16,350Save $2,000
or as low as $299/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$14,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Open Front Option
  • 30 PSF Snow
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. 20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of rugged hobby farm equipment barn space.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. Hobby farmers shelter a compact tractor, a hay wagon, a UTV, and three months of hay bales under one roof.

💡 Pro tip:Lean-To Ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment barn
Everyday hobby farm equipment barn
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$299/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $299/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn cost?

A 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $14,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $299/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $299/month on a 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×50 hobby farm equipment barn stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red steel barn with white sliding doors and round hay bales stacked beside it

20×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Two bay steel garage in blue with boat inside, covered porch entry, and pickup truck

20×50 Boat and Toy Storage

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Boat and Toy Storage | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 Boat and Toy Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Boat and Toy Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Boat and Toy Storage, built for hobby and recreational use.

Looking for a 20×50 boat and toy storage? At 1000 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats. A 24-foot bass boat on a trailer takes 30 feet bumper-to-bumper, leaving 18 feet for jet.

You’re viewing:Boat and Toy Storage·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • Galvalume Roof
  • 10×10 Roll-Up
  • 29 GA Panels
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-BOAT-TOY-STORAGEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Looking for a 20×50 boat and toy storage? At 1000 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats.

BOAT + TRAILERDaily driverOutboard / rinse20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer · Daily driver · Outboard / rinse

Boat + trailer at the front, daily driver in the middle, outboard / rinse at the rear. A 24-foot bass boat on a trailer takes 30 feet bumper-to-bumper, leaving 18 feet for jet skis, kayaks, and a workbench.

💡 Pro tip:Coastal-Rated.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Boat and Toy Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat and Toy Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat and Toy Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat and Toy Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday boat and toy storage
Everyday boat and toy storage
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat and toy storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat and toy storage + seasonal storage
boat and toy storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Boat and Toy Storage, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 boat and toy storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat and Toy Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Boat and Toy Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Boat and Toy Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Boat and Toy Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat and Toy Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat and Toy Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 boat and toy storage cost?

A 20×50 boat and toy storage from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 boat and toy storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud boat and toy storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 boat and toy storage?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat and toy storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 boat and toy storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 boat and toy storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 boat and toy storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 boat and toy storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 boat and toy storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 boat and toy storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×50 boat and toy storage for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a boat and toy storage to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Boat and Toy Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Two bay steel garage in blue with boat inside, covered porch entry, and pickup truck

20×50 Boat and Toy Storage

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel garage with gray roll-up door and black pickup truck parked beside it

20×50 Detached Garage With Loft

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Detached Garage With Loft | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 Detached Garage With Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Detached Garage With Loft

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Detached Garage With Loft, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 20×50 detached garage with loft? At 1000 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Add a 20×50 mezzanine over the back third for a 1000 sq ft loft, guest space, home.

You’re viewing:Detached Garage With Loft·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Mezzanine Loft
  • R-19 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-DETACHED-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Looking for a 20×50 detached garage with loft? At 1000 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Add a 20×50 mezzanine over the back third for a 1000 sq ft loft, guest space, home office, or seasonal storage.

💡 Pro tip:Engineered for Loads. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Detached Garage With Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Garage With Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Garage With Loft spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Garage With Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday detached garage with loft
Everyday detached garage with loft
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached garage with loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached garage with loft + seasonal storage
detached garage with loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Detached Garage With Loft, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 detached garage with loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Garage With Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Detached Garage With Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Detached Garage With Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Detached Garage With Loft · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Garage With Loft also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Garage With Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 detached garage with loft cost?

A 20×50 detached garage with loft from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 detached garage with loft price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud detached garage with loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 detached garage with loft?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached garage with loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 detached garage with loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 detached garage with loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 detached garage with loft without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 detached garage with loft.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 detached garage with loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 detached garage with loft in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×50 detached garage with loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×50 detached garage with loft typically adds $8,000–$12,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Garage With Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel garage with gray roll-up door and black pickup truck parked beside it

20×50 Detached Garage With Loft

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop auto detailing bay with black pickup truck on wet concrete

20×50 Auto Repair Shop

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Auto Repair Shop | Steel and Stud, From $15,550

12

20×50 Auto Repair Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,750$15,550SAVE $2,200
or $324/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Auto Repair Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Auto Repair Shop, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Looking for a 20×50 auto repair shop? At 1000 sq ft, this footprint suits small businesses, retail, or service shops. Independent mechanics fit two service bays with a 9-foot two-post lift in each, plus a parts room and.

You’re viewing:Auto Repair Shop·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,550$17,750Save $2,200
or as low as $324/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$15,550
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 14′ Eave Height
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Two 10×10 Doors
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your service-bay layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Looking for a 20×50 auto repair shop? At 1000 sq ft, this footprint suits small businesses, retail, or service shops.

Lift bay 1LIFT BAY 2Parts / tools20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · service-bay layout

Lift bay 1 · Lift bay 2 · Parts / tools

Lift bay 1 at the front, lift bay 2 in the middle, parts / tools at the rear. Independent mechanics fit two service bays with a 9-foot two-post lift in each, plus a parts room and customer entry up front.

💡 Pro tip:Permit-Ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Auto Repair Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop
Everyday auto repair shop
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop + seasonal storage
auto repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Auto Repair Shop, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$324/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 auto repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $324/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Auto Repair Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Auto Repair Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 auto repair shop cost?

A 20×50 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $15,550 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $324/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 auto repair shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud auto repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 auto repair shop?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 auto repair shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 auto repair shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 auto repair shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $324/month on a 20×50 auto repair shop.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 auto repair shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 auto repair shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×50 auto repair shop meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop auto detailing bay with black pickup truck on wet concrete

20×50 Auto Repair Shop

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Blue steel barn with white sliding doors, cupola, and horse grazing in the pasture at sunset

20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room | Steel and Stud, From $14,350

12

20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,350$14,350SAVE $2,000
or $299/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Horse Run-In and Tack Room

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room, built for farm and ranch demands.

20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of rugged horse run-in and tack room space. Two 16-foot run-in stalls with an open front, plus a 16-foot enclosed tack and feed room at the end. The 20-foot depth gives horses room to turn.

You’re viewing:Horse Run-In and Tack Room·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,350$16,350Save $2,000
or as low as $299/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$14,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • Wainscoting
  • Sliding Barn Doors
  • Open Front
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-HORSE-RUN-IN-TACBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. 20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of rugged horse run-in and tack room space.

3 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

3 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

3 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 3 horses + tack + feed. Two 16-foot run-in stalls with an open front, plus a 16-foot enclosed tack and feed room at the end.

💡 Pro tip:Ag-Zone Friendly. Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Run-In and Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Run-In and Tack Room spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Run-In and Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse run-in and tack room
Everyday horse run-in and tack room
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse run-in and tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse run-in and tack room + seasonal storage
horse run-in and tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$299/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 horse run-in and tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $299/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Run-In and Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Run-In and Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Run-In and Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Run-In and Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 horse run-in and tack room cost?

A 20×50 horse run-in and tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $14,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $299/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 horse run-in and tack room price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud horse run-in and tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 horse run-in and tack room?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse run-in and tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 horse run-in and tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 horse run-in and tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 horse run-in and tack room without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $299/month on a 20×50 horse run-in and tack room.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 horse run-in and tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 horse run-in and tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×50 horse run-in and tack room stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Run-In and Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Blue steel barn with white sliding doors, cupola, and horse grazing in the pasture at sunset

20×50 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan metal barn with wide open bay and black wainscoting on a sunset pasture

20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Split the 48-foot length 50/50, a 24-foot insulated workshop with welding.

You’re viewing:Backyard Workshop and Man Cave·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Partition Wall
  • Two Walk-Ins
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-BACKYARD-WORKSHOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Split the 48-foot length 50/50, a 24-foot insulated workshop with welding outlets and a 24-foot finished man cave with a TV wall and beer fridge.

💡 Pro tip:Free 3D Design. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Backyard Workshop and Man Cave.

DAILY USEEveryday backyard workshop and man cave
Everyday backyard workshop and man cave
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a backyard workshop and man cave.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbackyard workshop and man cave + seasonal storage
backyard workshop and man cave + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Backyard Workshop and Man Cave shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Backyard Workshop and Man Cave also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave cost?

A 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud backyard workshop and man cave ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud backyard workshop and man cave different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×50 backyard workshop and man cave typically adds $8,000–$12,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan metal barn with wide open bay and black wainscoting on a sunset pasture

20×50 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel building with white roll up door, steel beams and forklift in work yard

20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud, From $15,950

12

20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,200$15,950SAVE $2,250
or $332/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Welding and Fabrication Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of heavy-duty welding and fabrication shop space. Welders and fabricators need ventilation, clear-span framing, and a wide overhead door for moving stock. The 12-gauge frame handles overhead.

You’re viewing:Welding and Fabrication Shop·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,950$18,200Save $2,250
or as low as $332/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$15,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Clear-Span
  • 12×12 Roll-Up
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-WELDING-FABRICATBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. 20×50 delivers 1000 sq ft of heavy-duty welding and fabrication shop space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Welders and fabricators need ventilation, clear-span framing, and a wide overhead door for moving stock.

💡 Pro tip:Crane-Ready Framing. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Welding and Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Welding and Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Welding and Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday welding and fabrication shop
Everyday welding and fabrication shop
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a welding and fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwelding and fabrication shop + seasonal storage
welding and fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$332/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 welding and fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $332/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Welding and Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Welding and Fabrication Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Welding and Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Welding and Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 welding and fabrication shop cost?

A 20×50 welding and fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $15,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $332/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 welding and fabrication shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud welding and fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 welding and fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud welding and fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 welding and fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 welding and fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 welding and fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $332/month on a 20×50 welding and fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 welding and fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 welding and fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×50 welding and fabrication shop handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 20×50 welding and fabrication shop ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Welding and Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel building with white roll up door, steel beams and forklift in work yard

20×50 Welding and Fabrication Shop

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Cozy craft studio inside a metal building with sewing table, yarn shelves, and floral armchair

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50She Shed and Hobby Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 20×50 she shed and hobby studio fits 20-foot widths and 50-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with.

You’re viewing:She Shed and Hobby Studio·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • Storefront Windows
  • Wainscoting
  • R-13 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-SHE-SHED-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Our 20×50 she shed and hobby studio fits 20-foot widths and 50-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with three storefront windows for natural light.

💡 Pro tip:17 Color Options.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your She Shed and Hobby Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

She Shed and Hobby Studio spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use She Shed and Hobby Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday she shed and hobby studio
Everyday she shed and hobby studio
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a she shed and hobby studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWshe shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
she shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 she shed and hobby studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from She Shed and Hobby Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your She Shed and Hobby Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose She Shed and Hobby Studio also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

She Shed and Hobby Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio cost?

A 20×50 she shed and hobby studio from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a she shed and hobby studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your She Shed and Hobby Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Cozy craft studio inside a metal building with sewing table, yarn shelves, and floral armchair

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green steel carport with cream trim covering a truck and SUV by a lake at dusk

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay | Steel and Stud, From $15,650

12

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,850$15,650SAVE $2,200
or $326/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, engineered to code for assembly use.

Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 20×50 for a single.

You’re viewing:Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,650$17,850Save $2,200
or as low as $326/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$15,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • IBC Certified
  • 16′ Eave
  • Stamped Drawings
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-VOLUNTEER-FIRE-CBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

TruckTrailer20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay layout.

Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 20×50 for a single brush-truck bay plus a meeting and gear room. The 16-foot eave clears most Type 6 engines with light bars. IBC-certified stamped drawings come standard, and ASCE 7-22 wind load engineering meets county requirements. Steel and Stud handles the permit packet.

💡 Pro tip:Permit Packet Included.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
Everyday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a volunteer fire or community equipment bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWvolunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
volunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$326/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $326/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay cost?

A 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay from Steel and Stud starts at $15,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $326/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $326/month on a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green steel carport with cream trim covering a truck and SUV by a lake at dusk

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal carport with white trim sheltering a silver truck in a sunset valley

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Metal Carport / Open Shelter

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×56 metal carport / open shelter packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Lowest-cost 20×56 steel building configuration. Cover cars, trucks, trailers.

You’re viewing:Metal Carport / Open Shelter·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From $7,995
  • 3 Roof Styles
  • Free Install
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-METAL-CARPORT-OPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your open-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×56 metal carport / open shelter packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Cover bayPillar zoneApproach apron20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · open-cover layout

Cover bay · Pillar zone · Approach apron

Cover bay at the front, pillar zone in the middle, approach apron at the rear. Lowest-cost 20×56 steel building configuration.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Carport / Open Shelter at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Carport / Open Shelter.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Carport / Open Shelter spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Carport / Open Shelter.

DAILY USEEveryday metal carport / open shelter
Everyday metal carport / open shelter
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal carport / open shelter.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal carport / open shelter + seasonal storage
metal carport / open shelter + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 metal carport / open shelter is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Carport / Open Shelter shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Carport / Open Shelter · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Carport / Open Shelter also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Carport / Open Shelter questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter cost?

A 20×56 metal carport / open shelter from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 metal carport / open shelter price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal carport / open shelter ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal carport / open shelter different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 metal carport / open shelter?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 metal carport / open shelter in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×56 metal carport / open shelter typically adds $8,960–$13,440 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Carport / Open Shelter quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal carport with white trim sheltering a silver truck in a sunset valley

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White metal workshop with green roof, green wainscoting and black roll-up door below a mountain peak

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Workshop / Hobby Space

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 20×56 workshop / hobby space? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Long clear-span workshop for woodworking, auto restoration, welding, fabrication.

You’re viewing:Workshop / Hobby Space·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”2,995
  • Clear Span
  • 14 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-WORKSHOP-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Looking for a 20×56 workshop / hobby space? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Long clear-span workshop for woodworking, auto restoration, welding, fabrication, storage, and project bays.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Workshop / Hobby Space.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Workshop / Hobby Space spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Workshop / Hobby Space.

DAILY USEEveryday workshop / hobby space
Everyday workshop / hobby space
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a workshop / hobby space.
STORAGE OVERFLOWworkshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
workshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 workshop / hobby space is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Workshop / Hobby Space shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Workshop / Hobby Space · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Workshop / Hobby Space also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Workshop / Hobby Space questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 workshop / hobby space cost?

A 20×56 workshop / hobby space from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 workshop / hobby space price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 workshop / hobby space?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 workshop / hobby space need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 workshop / hobby space delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 workshop / hobby space without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 workshop / hobby space.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 workshop / hobby space?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 workshop / hobby space in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×56 workshop / hobby space add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×56 workshop / hobby space typically adds $8,960–$13,440 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Workshop / Hobby Space quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White metal workshop with green roof, green wainscoting and black roll-up door below a mountain peak

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White metal building with black trim and open bay revealing interior framing among autumn trees

20×56 Commercial Steel Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Commercial Steel Building | Steel and Stud, From $17,200

12

20×56 Commercial Steel Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,600$17,200SAVE $2,400
or $358/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Commercial Steel Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Commercial Steel Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space. Great for contractor storage, service businesses, inventory rows, auto detailing, field offices, or small commercial operations.

You’re viewing:Commercial Steel Building·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,200$19,600Save $2,400
or as low as $358/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”6,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-COMMERCIAL-STEELBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your commercial steel building layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. 20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · commercial steel building layout

Commercial Steel Building layout.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space. Great for contractor storage, service businesses, inventory rows, auto detailing, field offices, or small commercial operations. Code-certified packages and 12-gauge upgrades are available.

💡 Pro tip:Commercial Steel Building at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Commercial Steel Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Commercial Steel Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Commercial Steel Building spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Commercial Steel Building.

DAILY USEEveryday commercial steel building
Everyday commercial steel building
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a commercial steel building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcommercial steel building + seasonal storage
commercial steel building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Commercial Steel Building, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$358/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 commercial steel building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $358/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Commercial Steel Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Commercial Steel Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Commercial Steel Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Commercial Steel Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Commercial Steel Building also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Commercial Steel Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 commercial steel building cost?

A 20×56 commercial steel building from Steel and Stud starts at $17,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $358/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 commercial steel building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud commercial steel building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 commercial steel building?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud commercial steel building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 commercial steel building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 commercial steel building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 commercial steel building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $358/month on a 20×56 commercial steel building.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 commercial steel building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 commercial steel building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×56 commercial steel building meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Commercial Steel Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White metal building with black trim and open bay revealing interior framing among autumn trees

20×56 Commercial Steel Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White steel carport with black roof covering a Class A motorhome and a trailered boat

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56RV Cover / Boat Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage, built for daily backyard use.

Our 20×56 rv cover / boat storage fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Long-span protection for Class A motorhomes, fifth wheels, travel trailers.

You’re viewing:RV Cover / Boat Storage·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From $8,995
  • Up to 18 Tall
  • Drive-Through
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-RV-COVER-BOAT-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. Our 20×56 rv cover / boat storage fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

RV BAYDaily driverHookup / pre-wire20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 45ft + 1 daily driver. Long-span protection for Class A motorhomes, fifth wheels, travel trailers, boats, pontoons, and tow vehicles.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover / Boat Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover / Boat Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover / Boat Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover / boat storage
Everyday rv cover / boat storage
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover / boat storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
rv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 rv cover / boat storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover / Boat Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your RV Cover / Boat Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover / Boat Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover / Boat Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage cost?

A 20×56 rv cover / boat storage from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 rv cover / boat storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 rv cover / boat storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 rv cover / boat storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×56 rv cover / boat storage typically adds $8,960–$13,440 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover / Boat Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White steel carport with black roof covering a Class A motorhome and a trailered boat

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White metal building with two red roll-up doors and a gray sports car on the pad

20×56 Home Gym / Studio

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Home Gym / Studio | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Home Gym / Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Home Gym / Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Home Gym / Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 20×56 home gym / studio fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. Private 1,1120 sq ft training or studio space with room for racks, cardio, mats.

You’re viewing:Home Gym / Studio·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”3,500
  • Insulated
  • Wired Ready
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-HOME-GYM-STUDIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your home-gym layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Our 20×56 home gym / studio fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

Cardio zoneWeight rackStretch / Bench20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · home-gym layout

Cardio zone · Weight rack · Stretch / Bench

Cardio zone at the front, weight rack in the middle, stretch / bench at the rear. Private 1,1120 sq ft training or studio space with room for racks, cardio, mats, storage, and open movement lanes.

💡 Pro tip:Home Gym / Studio at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Home Gym / Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Gym / Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Gym / Studio spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Gym / Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday home gym / studio
Everyday home gym / studio
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home gym / studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome gym / studio + seasonal storage
home gym / studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Home Gym / Studio, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 home gym / studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Gym / Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Home Gym / Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Home Gym / Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Home Gym / Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Gym / Studio also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Gym / Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 home gym / studio cost?

A 20×56 home gym / studio from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 home gym / studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud home gym / studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 home gym / studio?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home gym / studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 home gym / studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 home gym / studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 home gym / studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 home gym / studio.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 home gym / studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 home gym / studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×56 home gym / studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a home gym / studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Home Gym / Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White metal building with two red roll-up doors and a gray sports car on the pad

20×56 Home Gym / Studio

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel building farm shop with white roll up door, work van, and grain silo behind

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage | Steel and Stud, From $16,000

12

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,250$16,000SAVE $2,250
or $333/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Metal Barn / Farm Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Store tractors, implements, feed, hay, tack, livestock supplies, and long equipment rows.

You’re viewing:Metal Barn / Farm Storage·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,000$18,250Save $2,250
or as low as $333/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$16,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”0,500
  • Lean-To Ready
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-METAL-BARN-FARM-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Looking for a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. Store tractors, implements, feed, hay, tack, livestock supplies, and long equipment rows.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Barn / Farm Storage at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Barn / Farm Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Barn / Farm Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Barn / Farm Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday metal barn / farm storage
Everyday metal barn / farm storage
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal barn / farm storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal barn / farm storage + seasonal storage
metal barn / farm storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$333/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 metal barn / farm storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $333/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Barn / Farm Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Barn / Farm Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Barn / Farm Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Barn / Farm Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage cost?

A 20×56 metal barn / farm storage from Steel and Stud starts at $16,000 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $333/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal barn / farm storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal barn / farm storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $333/month on a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Barn / Farm Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel building farm shop with white roll up door, work van, and grain silo behind

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Forest green steel building man cave with glass French doors and wicker patio furniture

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Man Cave / She Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×56 man cave / she shed packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Large personal retreat for games, music, art, hobbies, storage, or a private lounge. The.

You’re viewing:Man Cave / She Shed·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”3,500
  • Insulated
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×56 man cave / she shed packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Large personal retreat for games, music, art, hobbies, storage, or a private lounge.

💡 Pro tip:Man Cave / She Shed at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Man Cave / She Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave / She Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave / She Shed spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave / She Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave / she shed
Everyday man cave / she shed
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave / she shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave / she shed + seasonal storage
man cave / she shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 man cave / she shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave / She Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Man Cave / She Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Man Cave / She Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave / She Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave / She Shed also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave / She Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 man cave / she shed cost?

A 20×56 man cave / she shed from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 man cave / she shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud man cave / she shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 man cave / she shed?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave / she shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 man cave / she shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 man cave / she shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 man cave / she shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 man cave / she shed.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 man cave / she shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 man cave / she shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×56 man cave / she shed for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a man cave / she shed to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave / She Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Forest green steel building man cave with glass French doors and wicker patio furniture

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop with open roll-up door, welder at work, forklift, and steel stock

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay | Steel and Stud, From $17,600

12

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,050$17,600SAVE $2,450
or $367/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Warehouse / Factory Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

Built for industrial buyers managing equipment and inventory, this 20×56 warehouse / factory bay packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Long industrial bay for inventory staging, machinery rows, repair.

You’re viewing:Warehouse / Factory Bay·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,600$20,050Save $2,450
or as low as $367/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”6,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-WAREHOUSE-FACTORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your small-business warehouse.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Single roll-up door, hand-truck operation. Built for industrial buyers managing equipment and inventory, this 20×56 warehouse / factory bay packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Loading areaINVENTORY RACKSOffice corner20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · small-business warehouse

Loading area · Inventory racks · Office corner

Loading area at the front, inventory racks in the middle, office corner at the rear. Capacity: ~22 pallet positions. Long industrial bay for inventory staging, machinery rows, repair operations, material storage, or small production lines.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shelving, desk + computer.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Warehouse / Factory Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warehouse / Factory Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Warehouse / Factory Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday warehouse / factory bay
Everyday warehouse / factory bay
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a warehouse / factory bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwarehouse / factory bay + seasonal storage
warehouse / factory bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$367/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 warehouse / factory bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $367/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Warehouse / Factory Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Warehouse / Factory Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Warehouse / Factory Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Warehouse / Factory Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay cost?

A 20×56 warehouse / factory bay from Steel and Stud starts at $17,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $367/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud warehouse / factory bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud warehouse / factory bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $367/month on a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 20×56 warehouse / factory bay ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Warehouse / Factory Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop with open roll-up door, welder at work, forklift, and steel stock

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Forest green steel structure at snowy dawn with a salt spreader truck in the lit bay

20×56 Government / Institutional

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Government / Institutional | Steel and Stud, From $17,300

12

20×56 Government / Institutional
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,700$17,300SAVE $2,400
or $360/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Government / Institutional

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Government / Institutional, engineered to code for assembly use.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space. Use as municipal equipment storage, field office space, emergency response staging, parks department storage, or public works support building.

You’re viewing:Government / Institutional·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,300$19,700Save $2,400
or as low as $360/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • Engineered
  • 170+ MPH
  • Fire Code
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-GOVERNMENT-INSTIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your government / institutional layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. 20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · government / institutional layout

Government / Institutional layout.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space. Use as municipal equipment storage, field office space, emergency response staging, parks department storage, or public works support building with permit-ready drawings.

💡 Pro tip:Government / Institutional at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Government / Institutional in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Government / Institutional.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Government / Institutional spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Government / Institutional.

DAILY USEEveryday government / institutional
Everyday government / institutional
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a government / institutional.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgovernment / institutional + seasonal storage
government / institutional + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Government / Institutional, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$360/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 government / institutional is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $360/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Government / Institutional shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Government / Institutional buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Government / Institutional

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Government / Institutional · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Government / Institutional also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Government / Institutional questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 government / institutional cost?

A 20×56 government / institutional from Steel and Stud starts at $17,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $360/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 government / institutional price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud government / institutional ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 government / institutional?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud government / institutional different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 government / institutional need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 government / institutional delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 government / institutional without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $360/month on a 20×56 government / institutional.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 government / institutional?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 government / institutional in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 government / institutional pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Government / Institutional quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Forest green steel structure at snowy dawn with a salt spreader truck in the lit bay

20×56 Government / Institutional

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Steel building interior buildout with wood stud framing, ladder and sawhorses mid construction

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building | Steel and Stud, From $16,000

12

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,250$16,000SAVE $2,250
or $333/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Equestrian / Tack Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building, built for farm and ranch demands.

Our 20×56 equestrian / tack building fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. Long layout for tack, feed, grooming space, small stalls, hay storage, or.

You’re viewing:Equestrian / Tack Building·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,000$18,250Save $2,250
or as low as $333/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$16,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • Up to 20 Tall
  • Ventilation
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-EQUESTRIAN-TACK-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Our 20×56 equestrian / tack building fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads.

3 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

3 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

3 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 3 horses + tack + feed. Long layout for tack, feed, grooming space, small stalls, hay storage, or equipment rows.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equestrian / Tack Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equestrian / Tack Building spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equestrian / Tack Building.

DAILY USEEveryday equestrian / tack building
Everyday equestrian / tack building
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equestrian / tack building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequestrian / tack building + seasonal storage
equestrian / tack building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$333/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 equestrian / tack building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $333/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equestrian / Tack Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Equestrian / Tack Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equestrian / Tack Building also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equestrian / Tack Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 equestrian / tack building cost?

A 20×56 equestrian / tack building from Steel and Stud starts at $16,000 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $333/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 equestrian / tack building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud equestrian / tack building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 equestrian / tack building?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equestrian / tack building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 equestrian / tack building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 equestrian / tack building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 equestrian / tack building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $333/month on a 20×56 equestrian / tack building.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 equestrian / tack building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 equestrian / tack building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 equestrian / tack building stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Equestrian / Tack Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Steel building interior buildout with wood stud framing, ladder and sawhorses mid construction

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check

Not Sure Which Size? Build Your Carport in 3D and See Your Price Instantly

Flexible Payment Options

3 Ways to Pay - Pick What Works

No need to pay full price today. Choose from standard deposit, easy monthly financing, or rent-to-own with zero credit check. Every option includes free delivery & professional installation.

Monthly Financing

Affordable monthly payments, competitive rates.

Down PaymentVaries by lender
MonthlyAs low as $89/mo
Terms12 to 72 months
Credit CheckRequired
Best ForLarger structures
Check My Rate

Rent-to-Own

No credit check. Low monthly payments.

Down PaymentFirst month only
MonthlyAs low as $49/mo
Terms24 to 60 months
Credit CheckNot required
Best ForBudget-friendly option
Start RTO Application
Instant Estimate

RV Covers Price Calculator

Enter your desired dimensions and options below for an instant price estimate. Contact us for a certified, site-specific quote.

ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE $9,200 - $10,300

Estimate based on standard configuration. Contact us for exact certified pricing.

View Presets, Inventory Matches & Details

Presets & Calculator Data

Custom estimate

Enter a size and state to generate an estimated range and route correctly.

Size Selected 24 × 40 × 10
Floor Area 960 sq ft
Location FactorStandard
Inventory MatchNo exact match
Recommended Path3D Builder

Inventory Alternatives

4-8 Weeks Current Lead Time — 127 Carports Ordered This Month Alone

Why Steel and Stud

6 Reasons to Choose a Steel Carport

A prefabricated steel carport is the most cost-effective way to protect your vehicles, boats and equipment. Here is why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud.

🧮

Free Installation Included

Every tubular steel carport order includes free professional installation by a certified crew across all 48 contiguous states. No hidden assembly fees. Just confirm your site is level and we handle the rest.

🌟

20-Year Warranty on 12-Gauge

Our 12-gauge galvanized steel frames carry a 20-year limited rust-through warranty backed by the manufacturer. 14-gauge frames include a full workmanship warranty. Steel structures genuinely last decades.

💰

Factory-Direct Pricing

We work directly with multiple manufacturers, cutting out distributor markups. In most cases our prices beat the manufacturer's own direct pricing. 40-60% less than comparable wood or concrete construction.

🌞

12 Color Options Included

Choose from 12 standard powder-coat colors at no additional cost. Galvanized and primer finishes also available. Your color choice will not affect your price or lead time.

Engineered for Your Climate

All structures are designed to meet local wind speed and snow load requirements. 12-gauge certified frames are available for high-wind coastal zones, heavy-snow mountain regions and tornado-prone states.

🔭

Multiple Manufacturers, One Source

We partner with multiple vetted manufacturers nationwide so you always get the closest installer, the fastest lead time, and competitive pricing for your specific location and climate zone.

Choose the Right Roof

Regular vs A-Frame vs Vertical Roof Carport

Selecting the right roof style affects weather performance, aesthetics, price and longevity. Here is how each option compares across key factors.

Regular / Horizontal

Most affordable, simple design

Lowest starting price
Fastest lead time
Moderate rain and snow shedding
Horizontal roof panels
Not ideal for heavy snow areas
Best for mild climates

Vertical Roof

Best performance, highest durability

Superior snow and rain shedding
Panels run vertically top-to-bottom
No standing water or debris ponding
Ideal for heavy snow regions
Price premium (+15%)
Recommended for all climates
Verified Reviews

What Our customers Say

Real customers, real installs. See why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud for their RV Covers.

★★★★★
4.8 out of 5 based on 2,847 verified customer reviews
★★★★★

"Excellent to deal with — I feel fortunate Bill answered the phone when I called. He kept me informed of the order status from purchase through installation. Pleased with the quality and I would not hesitate buying again."

RB
Returning Buyer
Verified Customer
Steel Carport
★★★★★

"Bill is a hard charger when it comes to customer service. I was amazed how quickly he returned my emails and phone calls, and followed up with the installation from start to finish. Highly recommend."

VB
Verified Buyer
Verified Customer
Custom Metal Building
★★★★★

"Bill was very helpful with the sales portion of my order — communication promptly answered, straightforward about delivery. The installation team were professional and met every challenge head on. A well-prepared site is key; I'm thankful for his advice on that."

VB
Verified Buyer
Verified Customer
Steel Carport
Common Questions

RV Covers FAQ

Everything you need to know before ordering your steel carport: pricing, installation, permits, warranties, anchoring and dimensions.

Although this can be done with one person, we recommend having at least two people on hand to ensure safety. You can enlist the help of as many people as you like. All tubular steel orders from Steel and Stud include professional installation by a certified crew, so you do not need to self-install unless you specifically choose a DIY kit.

Carports and More Inc. has manufacturers that install in 48 contiguous states. Parts of some states are not covered by the manufacturer used for online pricing. If an order is placed and your location is not in a covered area, we will call you with the correct pricing for your area before proceeding.

Absolutely. You can install the building yourself. In most states, there is a 5% discount for self-installed buildings. The materials can be delivered to your location or picked up at the nearest factory. Contact us for current availability and self-install options in your state.

Manufacturers aim to install units within a 4-week period from the time an approved order is received. In some cases it is done sooner; however, it can take longer depending on the time of year, your location, and seasonal demand. Areas with extreme winter weather may close temporarily. Buildings over 24 feet wide require special construction and can take longer to manufacture.

Most standard RV Covers units are constructed in just a few hours. It may take up to two days depending on the size and complexity of the building. Large triple-wide or commercial-span RV Covers may require a second day for proper installation and inspection.

The key to a successful installation is a flat, level surface. Site preparation and building permits are the responsibility of the customer. You have approximately 2 to 3 inches of adjustment available during installation to account for minor grade differences. If your lot is significantly out of level, materials to level the site must be on hand when the crew arrives.

Re-bar and pin anchors (1/2-inch diameter, 36-inch long) are included for ground and asphalt installations. Concrete anchor bolts are used on concrete slabs at no extra charge. Mobile home auger anchors are available for ground installation at an additional cost. In several states, units enclosed on three sides require a minimum of four mobile home augers for ground installations.

Yes. You have 12 standard colors to choose from at no additional charge. Color selection does not affect your price. Galvanized and primer finishes are also available. Your color selection is made at the time of order and cannot be changed after fabrication begins.

Permit requirements vary by city, county and state. You should contact your local building department before ordering. All permit requirements such as set-backs must be resolved before ordering because once engineering plans are sent, your deposit becomes non-refundable. Generic engineered plans are available in most states. States requiring building-specific plans and calculations include CO, ID, MT, ND, NE, NJ, OR, SD, UT, WA and WY. Contact us if you have questions about your area.

The vertical roof allows water, snow and debris to run off quickly without ponding. The vertical panel orientation prevents accumulation and is especially recommended in high snow-load areas. If you are in a state with significant annual snowfall or heavy seasonal rain, the vertical roof upgrade is strongly recommended even though it carries a modest price premium.

Sizes are shown as width x length x leg height. Width is measured from outside to outside of each base rail. Length is measured by the roof metal, which includes a 6-inch overhang on each end, so the base rail is 1 foot shorter than the roof length. Height is measured by the actual leg on the outer wall. Standard-style roof units will be 1 foot taller at the sidewall than the selected leg height.

The frames are available in either 14-gauge or 12-gauge galvanized steel tubing. The roof, side and end panels are 29-gauge steel with a painted finish. Galvanized frames provide corrosion resistance. 12-gauge is 2.5mm thick; 14-gauge is 1.9mm thick. Lower gauge equals thicker, stronger steel.

14-gauge frame units carry a 30-day workmanship warranty. 12-gauge frames include both the 30-day workmanship warranty and a 20-year limited rust-through warranty on the framing, assuming normal user care and maintenance. Warranty coverage begins on the date of installation.

Yes; however, your deposit may not be fully refundable. You have 3 days from the date of order confirmation to cancel and receive a full refund. Cancellations must be in writing. After 3 days, deposits may be applied as credit toward any future purchase within 3 years. Deposits on custom-size units are non-refundable. Installation timing delays alone are not a valid reason for cancellation.

No. In most cases our prices are the same as or lower than ordering direct from the manufacturer. We work with multiple manufacturers and can often source your structure from the most competitive option for your location, size and timing, something a single manufacturer cannot do for you.

Yes. Extensions, lean-tos, sidewalls and doors can be added after installation, though there may be an additional service charge. If you plan to eventually enclose a RV Covers with walk-in or roll-up doors, your original leg height must be 6 feet or taller to allow for standard door frames.

Slab requirements vary by manufacturer. Please contact us before pouring your concrete slab to confirm exact dimensions and anchor bolt placement for your specific RV Covers model. Pouring the wrong size slab can delay installation.

12-foot legs are standard and available on all units. Longer legs may be available for special applications such as RV clearance or commercial-height requirements. Contact us if you need legs taller than 12 feet and we will confirm availability for your chosen structure type.

The balance due is paid directly to the manufacturer after your RV Covers is fully installed and you are satisfied. The manufacturer accepts cash, check and credit card. They will confirm accepted payment methods when they contact you to schedule installation. PayPal is not accepted directly by the manufacturer but can be arranged through Steel and Stud with applicable processing fees. If you prefer not to pay the full balance at once, ask about our monthly financing or rent-to-own (RTO) options — both are available and let you own your RV Covers with as little as the first month's payment down.

Yes — Steel and Stud offers three flexible payment paths: (1) Standard Payment — pay a deposit now, balance after install, zero interest; (2) Monthly Financing — competitive rates from $89/mo over 12–72 months with a soft credit pull; and (3) Rent-to-Own (RTO) — as low as $49/mo with no credit check required, first month's payment as the only down payment, and an early buyout option available at any time. RTO is available on most residential RV Covers sizes. View all financing options →

Gauge refers to the thickness of the steel tubing: lower gauge means thicker steel. 12-gauge is 2.5mm thick and is the stronger, more durable option backed by a 20-year rust-through warranty. 14-gauge is 1.9mm thick, lighter and more affordable, carrying a 30-day workmanship warranty. For heavy snow loads, high winds or long-term investment, 12-gauge is always recommended.

Standard single-car RV Covers (12x21, 15x21) start at $1,195 with free delivery and installation on tubular steel orders. Two-car RV Covers (18x21, 20x21) range from $1,595 to $2,595 depending on roof style and gauge. Triple-wide RV Covers (24x29 and larger) start around $3,895. Large commercial spans (20x38+, 24x45+) start at $5,195 and up. Contact us for a precise quote including your location, size and options.

Get Your Free Quote

Request a Free Carport Quote

Tell us about your project and a building specialist will contact you within 2 hours with a personalized, no-obligation price quote.

Why Request a Quote?

Fast ResponseAverage response time under 2 hours. Most quotes same day.
No Hidden FeesYour quote includes all standard features. Tubular orders include delivery and installation.
Low Deposit to StartDeposit varies by project scope. Balance due only after installation.
Zero ObligationGet your quote, compare options, decide when you are ready.
1-877-275-7048 Mon to Fri 8AM to 6PM EST

RV Covers Sizes and Dimensions Guide

RV Covers dimensions follow a standard width x length x leg height format. Width runs from 10 feet to 40 feet for standard tubular steel units. Length is effectively unlimited in increments. Leg height starts at 6 feet for standard single-car RV Covers and goes up to 12 feet as a standard option, with taller legs available on request.

Single-car RV Covers (12 to 15 feet wide, 21 feet long) are the most affordable option starting at $1,195. Two-car RV Covers (18 to 22 feet wide) are the most popular category, covering two standard vehicles with room to open doors. Triple-wide RV Covers (24+ feet wide) accommodate three vehicles, trucks, boats or large equipment.

When planning your site, remember that the base rail is 1 foot shorter than the roof length due to 6-inch overhangs on each end. If you need exactly 40 feet of enclosed coverage, order a 41-foot length RV Covers. Contact our team to confirm the right dimensions before ordering.

How Much Does a RV Covers Cost in 2026?

RV Covers prices in 2026 range from $1,195 for a basic 12x21 single-car RV Covers up to $9,000 or more for a large 30x50 commercial-span structure. All tubular steel RV Covers prices from Steel and Stud include free delivery and professional installation.

Key pricing factors include: Width (wider RV Covers cost more per linear foot), Length (additional bays add proportional cost), Leg Height (taller legs cost more), Roof Style (vertical adds ~15% over regular), and Frame Gauge (12-gauge adds ~12% over 14-gauge but adds a 20-year warranty).

DIY RV Covers kits cost less because installation labor is excluded, but most property owners find the free professional installation included in tubular steel orders to be a significant value. A crew that installs 50 RV Covers per week consistently outperforms a first-time DIY attempt.

RV Covers Installation: What to Expect

After your order is confirmed and your deposit placed, the manufacturer assigns an installation crew for your region. Current lead times run 4 to 8 weeks depending on your location, structure size and seasonal demand. You will be contacted within 60 days of ordering to schedule your installation date.

Site requirements before the crew arrives: a flat, level surface (within 2-3 inches), clear access for a delivery truck, and any permit posted or available. Concrete pads are preferred but not required for ground or gravel installations. The installation crew typically completes a standard single or two-car RV Covers in 3 to 6 hours. Larger triple-wide or tall-clearance units may require a full day.

Balance payment is made directly to the manufacturer after your RV Covers is installed and you are satisfied with the result. Financing and rent-to-own options are available through Steel and Stud for customers who prefer monthly payments. View financing options or request your free quote to get started today.

Related Metal Building Categories

Looking for something larger or more enclosed? Explore our full range: enclosed steel garages from $3,195, metal barns for agricultural use, tall clearance RV and boat covers, barndominium shells for combined living and working space, and all commercial steel building types. Every product category includes the same factory-direct pricing and professional service.

Ready to Protect Your Vehicles with a Steel Carport?

Join 15,000+ property owners who chose Steel and Stud. Factory-direct pricing with free delivery and installation on all tubular steel orders.

View Cart